blob: da85c8995c5fd18a4b48f55301a9fe6018c9577e [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core.
504
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100505- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200506 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100507
508 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
509 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
510 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200512 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200513
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100514 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
515 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200516 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100517 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200518
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200519- MIPS CPU options:
520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
521
522 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
523 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
524 relocation.
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
527
528 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
529 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
530 Possible values are:
531 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
532 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
533 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
534 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
537 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
539
540 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
541
542 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
543 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
544
545 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
546
547 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
548 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
549 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
550
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000551- ARM options:
552 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
553
554 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
555 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
556
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000557 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
558
559 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
560 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
561 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
562 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
563 GCC.
564
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000565 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000566 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
567 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
568 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500569 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500570 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000571
572 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
573 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
574 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
575 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
576 set these options unless they apply!
577
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000578- CPU timer options:
579 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
580
581 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
582 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
583 option must be set to 1000.
584
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000585- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000586 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
587
588 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
589 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
590 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
591 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
592 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
593 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
594 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100596 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000597 default environment.
598
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000599 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
600
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000602 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
603 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
604
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400605 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200606
607 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400608 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
609 concepts).
610
611 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
612 * New libfdt-based support
613 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500614 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400615
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200616 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
617 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
618 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
619 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200620 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600621 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200622
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200623 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
624 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500625
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600626 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
627
628 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000630
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500631 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
632
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200633 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500634 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
635
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200636 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
637
638 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
639 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
640 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
641 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
642 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
643 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
644
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000645 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
646
647 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
648 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
649 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
650 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
651 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
652 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
653 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
654
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100655- vxWorks boot parameters:
656
657 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
658 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
659 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
660
661 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
662 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
663 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
664 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
665
666 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
667
668 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
669
670 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
671 the defaults discussed just above.
672
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000673- Cache Configuration:
674 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
675 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
676 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
677
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000678- Cache Configuration for ARM:
679 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
680 controller
681 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
682 controller register space
683
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000684- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200685 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000686
687 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
688
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200689 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000690
691 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
692
693 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
694
695 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
696 the clock speed of the UARTs.
697
698 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
699
700 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
701 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
702 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
703
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000704 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
705
706 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
707 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
708 this variable to initialize the extra register.
709
710 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
711
712 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
713 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
714 variable to flush the UART at init time.
715
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000716
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000718 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
719 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
720 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
721 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000722
723 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
724 port routines must be defined elsewhere
725 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
726
727 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
728 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000729 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000730 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
731 (default big endian)
732 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
733 rectangle fill
734 (cf. smiLynxEM)
735 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
736 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
737 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
738 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000739 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
740 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
742 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000743 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000744 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
745 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
746 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
747 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
748 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
749 (i.e. i8042_getc)
750 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
751 (requires blink timer
752 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200753 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000754 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
755 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500756 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
758 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000759 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
760 linux_logo.h for logo.
761 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200763 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000764 the logo
765
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000766 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
767 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
768 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
769
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000770 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
771 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
772 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000774 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
775 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
776 the "silent" environment variable. See
777 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000778
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200779 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
780 is 0x00.
781 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
782 is 0xa0.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Console Baudrate:
785 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
786 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200787 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
788 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100790- Console Rx buffer length
791 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
792 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100793 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100794 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
795 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
796 the SMC.
797
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000798- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200799 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
800 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
801 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
802 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
803 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
804 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
805 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200806 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200807 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000808
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200809 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
810 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000811
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000812- Safe printf() functions
813 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
814 the printf() functions. These are defined in
815 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
816 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
817 If this option is not given then these functions will
818 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
819 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
822 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
823 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000824 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
825 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826
827 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
828 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
829 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
830 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
831 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
832 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
833 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
834 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
835 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
836 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
837 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
838 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
839
840- Autoboot Command:
841 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
842 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
843 define a command string that is automatically executed
844 when no character is read on the console interface
845 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
846
847 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000848 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
849 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
850 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851
852 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000853 The value of these goes into the environment as
854 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
855 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200856 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000857
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100858- Bootcount:
859 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
860 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
861 cycle, see:
862 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
863
864 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
865 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
866 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
867 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
868 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
869 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
870 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
871 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
872 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874- Pre-Boot Commands:
875 CONFIG_PREBOOT
876
877 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
878 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
879 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
880 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
881 entering interactive mode.
882
883 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
884 automatically generated or modified. For an example
885 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
886 modified when the user holds down a certain
887 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
888 booting the systems
889
890- Serial Download Echo Mode:
891 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
892 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
893 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
894 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
895 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
896 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
897 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
898
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000900 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
901 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200902 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000903
904- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500905 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
906 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000907 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
908 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500909 and augmenting with additional #define's
910 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000911
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500912 The default command configuration includes all commands
913 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
917 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
918 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
919 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
920 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
921 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800922 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500924 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500925 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
926 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
927 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600928 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
929 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
930 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
931 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
933 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500934 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500935 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
936 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600937 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600938 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500939 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500940 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000941 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
942 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700943 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
944 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500945 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500946 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000947 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500948 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
949 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200950 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000951 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500952 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000953 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000954 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
956 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
957 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
958 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000959 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200960 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500961 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000963 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
965 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
966 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
967 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200968 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000969 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
970 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500971 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
972 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200973 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400974 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000975 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000977 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200978 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500979 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
980 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
981 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100982 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
984 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200985 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000987 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
989 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
990 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
991 host
992 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000993 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
995 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000996 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
998 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
999 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1000 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1001 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1002 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001003 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001004 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001005 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001006 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001007 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001008 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001009 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001010 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1012 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001014 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001015 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001016 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001017
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018
1019 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1020 support you can write:
1021
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001022 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1023 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001025 Other Commands:
1026 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001027
1028 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001029 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001030 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1031 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1032 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1033 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1034 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1035 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001036
1037
1038 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1039
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001040- Regular expression support:
1041 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001042 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1043 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1044 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1045 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001046
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001047- Device tree:
1048 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1049 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1050 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1051 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1052 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1053 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1054
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001055 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1056 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001057
1058 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1059 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1060 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1061 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1062 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1063 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001064
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001065 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1066 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1067 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1068 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1069
1070 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1071
1072 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1073 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1074 still use the individual files if you need something more
1075 exotic.
1076
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001077- Watchdog:
1078 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1079 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001080 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1081 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1082 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1083 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1084 available, then no further board specific code should
1085 be needed to use it.
1086
1087 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1088 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1089 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1090 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001092- U-Boot Version:
1093 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1094 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1095 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1096 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001097 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1098 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100- Real-Time Clock:
1101
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001102 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001103 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1104 following options:
1105
1106 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1107 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001108 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001110 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001112 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001113 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001114 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001115 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001116 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001117 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1118 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001120 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1121 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1122
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001123- GPIO Support:
1124 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001125
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001126 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1127 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1128 pins supported by a particular chip.
1129
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001130 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1131 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133- Timestamp Support:
1134
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001135 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1136 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1137 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001138 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001139
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001140- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1141 Zero or more of the following:
1142 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1143 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1144 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1145 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1146 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1147 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1148 disk/part_efi.c
1149 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001150
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001151 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1152 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001153 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001154
1155- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001156 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1157 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001159 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1160 be performed by calling the function
1161 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1162 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001163
1164- ATAPI Support:
1165 CONFIG_ATAPI
1166
1167 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1168
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001169- LBA48 Support
1170 CONFIG_LBA48
1171
1172 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001173 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001174 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1175 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001177 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001178 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1179 Default is 32bit.
1180
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001181- SCSI Support:
1182 At the moment only there is only support for the
1183 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1184 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001186 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1187 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1188 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1190 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001191 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001192
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001193 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1194 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001195
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001196- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001197 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001198 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1199
1200 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1201 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1202 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1203 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1204
1205 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1206 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1207 example with the "sspi" command.
1208
1209 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1210 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1211 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001212
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001213 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001214 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001215
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001216 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1217 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001218 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219 write routine for first time initialisation.
1220
1221 CONFIG_TULIP
1222 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1223 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1224 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1225
1226 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1227 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1228
1229 CONFIG_NS8382X
1230 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1231
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001232- NETWORK Support (other):
1233
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001234 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1235 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1236
1237 CONFIG_RMII
1238 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1239
1240 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1241 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1242 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1243
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001244 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1245 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1246
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001247 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001248 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1249
1250 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1251 Define this to hold the physical address
1252 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1253
1254 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1255 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1256
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001257 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001258 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1259
1260 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1261 Define this to hold the physical address
1262 of the device (I/O space)
1263
1264 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1265 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1266
1267 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1268 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1269 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1270
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001271 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1272 Support for davinci emac
1273
1274 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1275 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1276
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001277 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1278 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1279
1280 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1281 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1282 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1283 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1284 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1285 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1286 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1287 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1288
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001289 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001290 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1291
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001292 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001293 Define this to hold the physical address
1294 of the device (I/O space)
1295
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001296 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001297 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1298
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001299 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001300 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1301 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001302 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001303
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001304 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1305 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1306
1307 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1308 Define the number of ports to be used
1309
1310 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1311 Define the ETH PHY's address
1312
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001313 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1314 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1315
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001316- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001317 CONFIG_TPM
1318 Support TPM devices.
1319
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001320 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1321 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1322 per system is supported at this time.
1323
1324 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1325 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1326
1327 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1328 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1329
1330 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1331 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1332
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001333 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1334 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1335
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001336 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001337 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1338 per system is supported at this time.
1339
1340 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1341 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1342 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1343 0xfed40000.
1344
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001345 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1346 Add tpm monitor functions.
1347 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1348 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1349
1350 CONFIG_TPM
1351 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1352 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1353 Requires support for a TPM device.
1354
1355 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1356 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1357 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1358
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001359- USB Support:
1360 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001361 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001362 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1363 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001364 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001365 storage devices.
1366 Note:
1367 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1368 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001369 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1370 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1371 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001372 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1373 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001374 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1375 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1376 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001377 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1378 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001379 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001380 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1381 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001382
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001383 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1384 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1385
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001386 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1387 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1388
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001389- USB Device:
1390 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1391 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1392 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001393 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001394 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1395 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001396 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001397 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1398 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1399 a Linux host by
1400 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1401 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1402 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1403 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001404
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001405 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1406 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001407
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001408 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1409 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1410 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001411
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301412 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1413 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1414 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1415 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1416 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1417 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1418 speed.
1419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001420 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001421 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1422 be set to usbtty.
1423
1424 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001425 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001426 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001427 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001429 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001430 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001431 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001432
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001433 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001434 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001435 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001436 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1437 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1438 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1439
1440 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1441 Define this string as the name of your company for
1442 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001443
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001444 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1445 Define this string as the name of your product
1446 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1447
1448 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1449 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1450 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1451 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1452 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1455 Define this as the unique Product ID
1456 for your device
1457 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001458
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001459 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1460 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1461 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1462 This enables function definition:
1463 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1464 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1465
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001466- ULPI Layer Support:
1467 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1468 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1469 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1470 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1471 viewport is supported.
1472 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1473 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001474 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1475 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1476 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001477
1478- MMC Support:
1479 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1480 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1481 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1482 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001483 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1484 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001485
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001486 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1487 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1488
1489 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1490 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1491
1492 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1493 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1494
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001495- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1496 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1497 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1498
1499 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1500 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1501 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1502 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1503 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1504
1505 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1506 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1507
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001508 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1509 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1510
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301511 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1512 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1513 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1514 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1515 one that would help mostly the developer.
1516
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001517 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1518 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1519 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1520 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1521 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1522
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001523 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1524 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1525 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1526 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1527 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1528 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1529
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001530- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1531 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1532 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1533 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001535 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1536 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001537 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001539 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001540 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1541 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1542
1543 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001544 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001545 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1546 have not defined a custom partition
1547
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001548- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1549 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001550
1551 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1552 file in FAT formatted partition.
1553
1554 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1555 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001556
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001557CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1558 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1559
1560 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1561 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1562 and cbfsload.
1563
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001564- Keyboard Support:
1565 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1566
1567 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1568 support
1569
1570 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1571 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1572 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1573 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1574 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1575
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001576 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1577 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1578 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1579 which provides key scans on request.
1580
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001581- Video support:
1582 CONFIG_VIDEO
1583
1584 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1585 video).
1586
1587 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1588
1589 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1590
1591 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001592 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001593 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1594 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1595 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001596
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001597 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001598 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001599 are possible:
1600 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001601 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001602
1603 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1604 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1605 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1606 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1607 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1608 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1609 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001610 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1611
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001612 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001613 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001614
1615
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001616 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001617 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001618 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1619 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1620
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001621 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001622 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001623 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1624 support, and should also define these other macros:
1625
1626 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1627 CONFIG_VIDEO
1628 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1629 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1630 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1631 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1632 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1633 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1634
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001635 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1636 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1637 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1638 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001639
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001640 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1641
1642 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1643 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1644 driver.
1645
1646
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001647- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001648 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001649
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001650 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1651 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1652 defined in your board-specific files.
1653 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001654
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001655- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1656
1657 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1658 display); also select one of the supported displays
1659 by defining one of these:
1660
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001661 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1662
1663 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1664
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001665 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001667 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001668
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001669 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001670
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001671 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1672 Active, color, single scan.
1673
1674 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1675
1676 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001677 Active, color, single scan.
1678
1679 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1680
1681 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1682 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1683
1684 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1685
1686 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1687 Active, color, single scan.
1688
1689 CONFIG_HLD1045
1690
1691 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1692 Active, color, single scan.
1693
1694 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1695
1696 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1697 or
1698 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1699 or
1700 Hitachi SP14Q002
1701
1702 320x240. Black & white.
1703
1704 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001705 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001706
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001707 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1708
1709 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1710 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1711 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1712 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1713 a per-section basis.
1714
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001715 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1716
1717 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1718 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1719 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1720 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001721
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001722 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1723
1724 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1725
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001726 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1727
1728 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1729 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1730
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001731- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001732
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001733 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1734 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1735 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001736 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001737 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1738 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1739 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1740 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001741
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001742 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1743
1744 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1745 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001746 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001747 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1748 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1749 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1750 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1751 there is no need to set this option.
1752
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001753 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1754
1755 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1756 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1757 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1758 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1759 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1760 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1761
1762 Example:
1763 setenv splashpos m,m
1764 => image at center of screen
1765
1766 setenv splashpos 30,20
1767 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1768
1769 setenv splashpos -10,m
1770 => vertically centered image
1771 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1772
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001773- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1774
1775 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1776 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1777 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1778
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001779- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1780
1781 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1782 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1783 bmp command.
1784
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001785- Do compresssing for memory range:
1786 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1787
1788 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1789 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1790
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001791- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001792 CONFIG_GZIP
1793
1794 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1795
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001796 CONFIG_BZIP2
1797
1798 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1799 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1800 compressed images are supported.
1801
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001802 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001803 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001804 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001805
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001806 CONFIG_LZMA
1807
1808 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1809 images is included.
1810
1811 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1812 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1813 formula:
1814
1815 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1816
1817 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1818 and Literal pos bits.
1819
1820 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1821 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1822 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1823 a very small buffer.
1824
1825 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1826 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001827 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001828
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001829 CONFIG_LZO
1830
1831 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1832 is included.
1833
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001834- MII/PHY support:
1835 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1836
1837 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1838
1839 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1840
1841 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1842
1843 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1844
1845 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001846 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001847
1848 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1849
1850 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1851 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1852 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1853 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1854
1855 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1856
1857 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1858 command issued before MII status register can be read
1859
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001860- Ethernet address:
1861 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001862 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001863 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1864 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001865 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1866 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001868 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1869 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870 is not determined automatically.
1871
1872- IP address:
1873 CONFIG_IPADDR
1874
1875 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001876 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001878 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879
1880- Server IP address:
1881 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1882
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001883 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001885 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001886
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001887 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1888
1889 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1890 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1891
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001892- Gateway IP address:
1893 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1894
1895 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1896 default router where packets to other networks are
1897 sent to.
1898 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1899
1900- Subnet mask:
1901 CONFIG_NETMASK
1902
1903 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1904 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1905 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1906 forwarded through a router.
1907 (Environment variable "netmask")
1908
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001909- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1910 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1911
1912 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1913 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001914 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001915 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1916 multicast group.
1917
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1919 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1920
1921 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1922 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1923 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1924 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1925 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1926 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1927 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1928 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001929 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001930
1931 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1932 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1933 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1934 4th and following
1935 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1936
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001937- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001938 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001940
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001941 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1942 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1943 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1944 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1945 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1948 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1949 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1950 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1951 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1952 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001953 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001954
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001955 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1956 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001957
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001958 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1959 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1960 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1961 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1962 is not available.
1963
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001964 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1965 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1966 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1967 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1968 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1969 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1970 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001971 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001972
1973 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1974 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1975 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001976 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001977 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1978 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001979
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001980 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1981
1982 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1983 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1984 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1985 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1986 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1987 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1988 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1989 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1990 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1991 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1992 this delay.
1993
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001994 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1995 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1996 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1997 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1998 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1999
2000 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2001
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002002 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002003 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002004
2005 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2006
2007 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2008
2009 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2010 of the device.
2011
2012 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2013
2014 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2015 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002016 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002017
2018 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2019
2020 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2021 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2022
2023 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2024
2025 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2026
2027 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2028
2029 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2030
2031 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2032
2033 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2034
2035 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2036
2037 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2038 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2039
2040 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2041
2042 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002044- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2045
2046 Several configurations allow to display the current
2047 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2048 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2049 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2050 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2051 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2052 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2053 feature in U-Boot.
2054
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002055 Additional options:
2056
2057 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2058 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2059 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2060 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2061 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2062
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002063 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2064 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2065 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2066 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2067 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2068 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2069
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002070- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2071
2072 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2073 on those systems that support this (optional)
2074 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2075
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002076- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002078 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2079 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2080 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2081 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2082 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2083 interface.
2084
2085 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002086 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2087 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2088 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2089 for defining speed and slave address
2090 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2091 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2092 for defining speed and slave address
2093 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2094 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2095 for defining speed and slave address
2096 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2097 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2098 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002099
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002100 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2101 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2102 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2103 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2104 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2105 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002106 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002107 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2108 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2109 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2110 second bus.
2111
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002112 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002113 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2114 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2115 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002116
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002117 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2118 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2121
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002122 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2123 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2124 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2125 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2126 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2127 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2128 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2129 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2130 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2131 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2132
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002133 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2134 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2135 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2136
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2145 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2146
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002147 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2148 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2149 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2150
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2163 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2164
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002165 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2166 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2173 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2174 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2175 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2176 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2177
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002178 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2179 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2180 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2181 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2182
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302183 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2184 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2185 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2186 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2187 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2188
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002189 additional defines:
2190
2191 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2192 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2193 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2194 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2195 omit this define.
2196
2197 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2198 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2199 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2200 omit this define.
2201
2202 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2203 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2204 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2205 define.
2206
2207 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2208 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2209 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2210 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2211 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2212
2213 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2214 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2215 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2216 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2217 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2218 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2219 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2220 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2221 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2222 }
2223
2224 which defines
2225 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002226 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2227 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2228 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2229 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2230 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002231 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002232 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2233 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002234
2235 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2236
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002237- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002238
2239 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2240 provides the following compelling advantages:
2241
2242 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2243 - approved multibus support
2244 - better i2c mux support
2245
2246 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2247
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002248 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2249 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2250 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002251
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002252 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002253 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002254 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2255 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002256 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002258 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002259
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002260 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002261 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002263 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002264 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002265 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002266 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002267
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002268 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002269 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002270 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2271 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2272 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002274 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2275
2276 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2277 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2278 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2279 commands until the slave device responds.
2280
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002281 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002282
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002283 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002284 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2285 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286
2287 I2C_INIT
2288
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002289 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002290 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002292 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002294 I2C_PORT
2295
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002296 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2297 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2298 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299
2300 I2C_ACTIVE
2301
2302 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2303 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2304 define can be null.
2305
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002306 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2307
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002308 I2C_TRISTATE
2309
2310 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2311 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2312 define can be null.
2313
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002314 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2315
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316 I2C_READ
2317
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002318 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2319 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002321 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002323 I2C_SDA(bit)
2324
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002325 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2326 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002327
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002328 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002329 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002330 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002331
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002332 I2C_SCL(bit)
2333
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002334 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2335 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002337 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002338 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002339 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002341 I2C_DELAY
2342
2343 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2344 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002345 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002346 like:
2347
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002348 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002350 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2351
2352 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2353 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2354 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2355 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2356
2357 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2358 the generic GPIO functions.
2359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002360 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002361
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002362 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2363 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2364 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2365 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2366 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2367 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2368 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2369 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002370
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002371 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2372
2373 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2374 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2375 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2376 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2377 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2378 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2379 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2380 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2381
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002382 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2383
2384 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2385 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2386 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2387
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002388 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2389
2390 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002391 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2392 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002393 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002395 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002396
2397 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002398 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002399 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2400 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002401
2402 e.g.
2403 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002404 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002405
2406 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2407
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002408 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002409 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002410
2411 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002413 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002414
2415 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2416 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002418 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002419
2420 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2421 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2422
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002423 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002424
2425 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2426 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002428 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002429
2430 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2431 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2432 specified DTT device.
2433
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002434 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2435
2436 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2437 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2438 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2439 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2440 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2441 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2442 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002443
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2445
2446 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2447 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2448 D/As on the SACSng board)
2449
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002450 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2451
2452 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2453 only SH7757 is supported.
2454
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455 CONFIG_SPI_X
2456
2457 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2458 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2459
2460 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2461
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002462 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2463 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2464 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2465 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2466 defined, the board configuration must define several
2467 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2468 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002469
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002470 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2471
2472 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2473 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2474 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002475 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002476 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2477
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002478 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2479
2480 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002481 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002482
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002483- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2484
2485 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2486
2487 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2488
2489 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2490 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2491
2492 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2493
2494 Enables support for FPGA family.
2495 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2496
2497 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002499 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002501 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002502
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002503 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002505 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002507 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2508 status by the configuration function. This option
2509 will require a board or device specific function to
2510 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002511
2512 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2513
2514 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2515 configuration driver.
2516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002517 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002520 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002522 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2523 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2524 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2525 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002527 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002529 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2530 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2531 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002532 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002534 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002536 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002537 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002541 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002542 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
2544- Configuration Management:
2545 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2546
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002547 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2548 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549
2550- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2551
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002552 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2553 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002554 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002555 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2556 protects these variables from casual modification by
2557 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2558 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002559 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
2561 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2562 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002563 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564 these parameters.
2565
2566 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2567 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002568 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002569 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2570 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2571 read-only.]
2572
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002573 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2574 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2575 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2576 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2577
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578- Protected RAM:
2579 CONFIG_PRAM
2580
2581 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2582 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2583 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2584 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2585 this default value by defining an environment
2586 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2587 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2588 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2589 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2590 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2591 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2592 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2593
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002594 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595 saveenv
2596
2597 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2598 either, which results in a memory region that will
2599 not be affected by reboots.
2600
2601 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2602 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2603 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2604 following board configurations are known to be
2605 "pRAM-clean":
2606
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002607 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2608 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002609 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002610
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002611- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2612 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2613 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2614 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2615 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2616 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2617 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619- Error Recovery:
2620 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2621
2622 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2623 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2624 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002625 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2627 useful during development since you can try to debug
2628 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2629
2630 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2631
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002632 This variable defines the number of retries for
2633 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2634 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2635 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002637 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2638
2639 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2640
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002641 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2642
2643 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2644 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2645 try longer timeout such as
2646 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002648- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002649 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002650
2651 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2652
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002653 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2654 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002655
2656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658
2659 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2660 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2661 powerful command line syntax like
2662 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2663 constructs ("shell scripts").
2664
2665 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2666 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2667
2668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002669 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002670
2671 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2672 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2673 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2674
2675 Note:
2676
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002677 In the current implementation, the local variables
2678 space and global environment variables space are
2679 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2680 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2681 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2682 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2683 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002685 Global environment variables are those you use
2686 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2687 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2688 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002689
2690 To store commands and special characters in a
2691 variable, please use double quotation marks
2692 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2693 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2694 symbols.
2695
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002696- Commandline Editing and History:
2697 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2698
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002699 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002700 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002701
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002702- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002703 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2704
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002705 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2706 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002707 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002708
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002709 For example, place something like this in your
2710 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711
2712 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2713 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2714 "myvar2=value2\0"
2715
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002716 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2717 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2718 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2719 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002720 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002721 You better know what you are doing here.
2722
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002723 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2724 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002725 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002726 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002728 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2729
2730 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2731 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2732 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2733
2734 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2735
2736 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2737 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2738 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2739 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2740 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2741
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002742 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2743
2744 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2745 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2746 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2747
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002748 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2749
2750 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2751 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2752 that so that the environment is not available until
2753 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2754 this is instead controlled by the value of
2755 /config/load-environment.
2756
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002757- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002758 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2759
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002760 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2761 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2762 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002763
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002764- Serial Flash support
2765 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2766
2767 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2768 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2769
2770 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2771 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2772 commands.
2773
2774 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2775 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2776 flash is present on the system.
2777
2778 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2779 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2780 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2781 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2782
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002783 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2784
2785 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2786 test ('sf test').
2787
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302788 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2789
2790 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2791 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2792
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302793 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2794
2795 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2796 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2797 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2798
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002799- SystemACE Support:
2800 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2801
2802 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2803 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002804 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002805 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002806
2807 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002809
2810 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2811 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2812
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002813- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2814 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2815
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002816 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002817 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002818 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002819 number generator is used.
2820
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002821 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2822 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2823 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2824
2825 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002826 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2827 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2828 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2829 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2830 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2831 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2832
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002833- Hashing support:
2834 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2835
2836 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2837 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2838
2839 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2840
2841 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2842 size a little.
2843
2844 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2845 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2846
2847 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2848 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2849
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002850- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2851 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2852 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2853 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2854
2855 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2856 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2857 a boot from specific media.
2858
2859 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2860 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2861 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2862 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2863 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2864
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002865- Signing support:
2866 CONFIG_RSA
2867
2868 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002869 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002870
2871 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2872 option.
2873
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002874- bootcount support:
2875 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2876
2877 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2878 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2879
2880 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2881 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2882 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2883 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2884 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2885 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2886 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2887 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2888 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2889 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2890 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2891 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2892 the bootcounter.
2893 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002894
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002895- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002896 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2897
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002898 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2899 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2900 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2901 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2902 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2903 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002905- Detailed boot stage timing
2906 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2907 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2908 of the boot process.
2909
2910 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2911 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2912 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2913 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2914 the limit, recording will stop.
2915
2916 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2917 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2918
2919 Timer summary in microseconds:
2920 Mark Elapsed Stage
2921 0 0 reset
2922 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2923 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2924 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2925 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2926 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2927 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2928 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2929
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002930 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2931 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2932 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2933
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002934 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2935 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2936 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2937 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2938 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2939 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2940 For example:
2941
2942 bootstage {
2943 154 {
2944 name = "board_init_f";
2945 mark = <3575678>;
2946 };
2947 170 {
2948 name = "lcd";
2949 accum = <33482>;
2950 };
2951 };
2952
2953 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2954
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002955Legacy uImage format:
2956
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002957 Arg Where When
2958 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002959 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002961 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002962 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002963 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002964 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2965 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2966 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002967 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2969 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2970 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2971 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002972 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002974
2975 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2976 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2977 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2978 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2979 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2980 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2981 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002982 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002983 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2984 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2985
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002986 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002988 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002989 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2990 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002991
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002992 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2993 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2994 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2995 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2996 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2997 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2998 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2999 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3000 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3001 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3002 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3003 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3004 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3005 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3006 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3007 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3008 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3009 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3010 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3011 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3012 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3013 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3014 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3015 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3016 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3017 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3018 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3019 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3020 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3021 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3022 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3023 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3024 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3025 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3026 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3027 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3028 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3029 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3030 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3031 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3032 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3033 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3034 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3035 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3036 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3037 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3038 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003039
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003040 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003041
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003042 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003043 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3044 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003045
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003046 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3047 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003048 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003049 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3050 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3051 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003052 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3053 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003054 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003055
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003056FIT uImage format:
3057
3058 Arg Where When
3059 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3060 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3061 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3062 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3063 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3064 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003065 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003066 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3067 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3068 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3069 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3070 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003071 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3072 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003073 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3074 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3075 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3076 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3077 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3078 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3079 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3080 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3081
3082 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3083 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3084 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003085 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003086 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3087 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3088 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3089 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3090 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3091 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3092 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3093 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3094 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3095 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3096 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3097 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3098
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003099 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003100 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3101
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003102 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003103 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3104
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003105 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003106 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3107
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003108- FIT image support:
3109 CONFIG_FIT
3110 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3111
3112 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3113 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3114 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3115 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3116 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3117 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3118
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003119 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3120 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3121 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3122 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3123
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003124- Standalone program support:
3125 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3126
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003127 This option defines a board specific value for the
3128 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3129 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003130 settings.
3131
3132- Frame Buffer Address:
3133 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3134
3135 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003136 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3137 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3138 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3139 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3140 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3141 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3142 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003143
3144 Please see board_init_f function.
3145
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003146- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3147 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3148 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3149 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3150
3151 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3152 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3153
3154- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3155 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3156
3157 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3158 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3159
3160 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3161
3162 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3163 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3164
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003165- UBI support
3166 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3167
3168 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3169 with the UBI flash translation layer
3170
3171 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3172
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003173 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3174
3175 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3176 warnings and errors enabled.
3177
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003178- UBIFS support
3179 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3180
3181 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3182 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3183
3184 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3185
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003186 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3187
3188 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3189 warnings and errors enabled.
3190
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003191- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003192 CONFIG_SPL
3193 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003194
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003195 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3196 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3197
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003198 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3199 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3200 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3201 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003202 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003203 must not be both defined at the same time.
3204
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003205 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003206 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3207 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3208 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3209 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003210
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003211 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3212 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003213
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003214 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3215 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3216 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3217
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003218 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3219 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3220
3221 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003222 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3223 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3224 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003225 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003226 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003227
3228 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3229 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3230
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003231 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3232 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3233 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3234 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3235
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003236 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3237 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3238
3239 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3240 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003241
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003242 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3243 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3244 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3245 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3246
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003247 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3248 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3249 about the running system.
3250
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003251 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3252 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3253
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003254 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3255 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003256
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003257 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3258 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003259
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003260 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3261 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003262
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003263 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3264 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003265
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003266 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3267 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003268
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003269 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3270 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3271 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3272 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3273 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3274
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003275 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3276 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3277 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3278
3279 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3280 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3281 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3282 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3283 (for falcon mode)
3284
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003285 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3286 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3287
3288 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3289 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3290
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003291 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3292 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3293 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3294
3295 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3296 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3297 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3298
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003299 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3300 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3301 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3302 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3303 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3304
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003305 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3306 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3307 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3308
3309 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3310 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3311
3312 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3313 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3314
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003315 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003316 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3317 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003318
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003319 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3320 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003321 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003322
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003323 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3324 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3325 SPL binary.
3326
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003327 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3328 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3329 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3330 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3331 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3332 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003333 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003334
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303335 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3336 Add support NAND boot
3337
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003339 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3340
3341 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3342 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3343
3344 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3345 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003346
3347 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003348 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003349
3350 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3351 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3352 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3353
3354 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3355 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3356 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3357
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003358 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3359 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003360
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003361 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3362 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003363
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003364 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3365 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003366
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003367 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3368 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3369
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003370 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3371 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003372
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003373 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3374 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3375
3376 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3377 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3378 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3379 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3380
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003381 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003382 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3383 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3384 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3385 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3386 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003387
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003388 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3389 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3390 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3391 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3392
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003393 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3394 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3395 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3396 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3397 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3398
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003399- TPL framework
3400 CONFIG_TPL
3401 Enable building of TPL globally.
3402
3403 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3404 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3405 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003406 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3407 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3408 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003410Modem Support:
3411--------------
3412
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003413[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003415- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3417
3418- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3419 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3420
3421- Modem debug support:
3422 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3423
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003424 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3425 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003427- Interrupt support (PPC):
3428
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003429 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3430 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003431 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003432 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003433 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003434 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003435 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003436 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3437 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3438 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003439
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440- General:
3441
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003442 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3443 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3444 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003445 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003446 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3447 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3448 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003449
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003450 If there are no modem init strings in the
3451 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3452 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003453 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454
3455 See also: doc/README.Modem
3456
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003457Board initialization settings:
3458------------------------------
3459
3460During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3461to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3462before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3463following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3464architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3465typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3466
3467- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3468- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3469- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3470- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003472Configuration Settings:
3473-----------------------
3474
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003475- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3476 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003478- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3480
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003481- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3482 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003484- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485 prompt for user input.
3486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003487- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003489- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003491- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003492
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003493- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3495 booted
3496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003500- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003501 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003503- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003504 If the board specific function
3505 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3506 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003509- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003510 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003512- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003515- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3517 simple memory test.
3518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003519- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003520 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003522- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003523 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3524 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3527 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003528 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003529 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003530 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3531 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3532 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003533 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003534 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003535 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003536
3537 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3538 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3539 be touched.
3540
3541 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3542 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3543 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3544 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3545 problems.
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003547- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003550- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003553- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3555 Cogent motherboard)
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3562 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003563 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003564 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003566- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003567 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3568 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3569 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3570 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003575- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003576 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3577 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003579 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003581- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003582 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3583 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003584 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3585 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003586 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003587 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003588 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003589 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3590 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3591 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003593- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3594 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3595 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3596 is enabled.
3597
3598- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3599 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3600 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3601
3602- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3603 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3604 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003606- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003607 Max number of Flash memory banks
3608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003609- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003612- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003613 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3614
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003615- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003618- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003619 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003621- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003622 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003624- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003625 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3626 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003628- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
3630 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3631 without this option such a download has to be
3632 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3633 copy from RAM to flash.
3634
3635 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3636 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003637 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3638 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003641- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003642 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003643 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003645- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003646 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3647 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003648
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003649- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3650 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3651 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3652 to the MTD layer.
3653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003654- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003655 Use buffered writes to flash.
3656
3657- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3658 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3659 write commands.
3660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003661- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003662 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3663 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3664 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3665 optionally available.
3666
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003667- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3668 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3669 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3670 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3671
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003672- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3673 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3674 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3675 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3676 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3677 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3678 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3679 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003681- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003682 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3683 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003684 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3685 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003686 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003687 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3688
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003689- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3690
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003691 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3692 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3693 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3694 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3695 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003696
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003697- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3698- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003699 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003700 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3701 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3702 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3703
3704 The format of the list is:
3705 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003706 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3707 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003708 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3709 list = entry[,list]
3710
3711 The type attributes are:
3712 s - String (default)
3713 d - Decimal
3714 x - Hexadecimal
3715 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3716 i - IP address
3717 m - MAC address
3718
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003719 The access attributes are:
3720 a - Any (default)
3721 r - Read-only
3722 o - Write-once
3723 c - Change-default
3724
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003725 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3726 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3727 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3728
3729 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3730 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3731 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3732 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3733 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3734 ".flags" variable.
3735
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003736- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3737 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3738 access flags.
3739
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003740- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3741 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3742 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3743 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3744 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3745 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3746 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3747 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3748 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3749
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003750- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3751 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3752 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3753 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003754
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3756of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3757following configurations:
3758
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003759- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3760
3761 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3762 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003764- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765
3766 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3767
3768 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3769 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3770 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3771 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3772 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3773 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3774 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3775 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3776 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3777 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3778 between U-Boot and the environment.
3779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003780 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
3782 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3783 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3784 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3785 for this sector is given here.
3786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003787 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003789 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003790
3791 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3792 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003793 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003795 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
3797 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3798
3799
3800 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3801 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3802 the environment.
3803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003804 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003806 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003807 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3809 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3810
3811 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3812 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3813 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3814 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3815 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3816 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3817 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3818 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3819 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003821 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3822 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003824 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003825 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003826 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003827 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
3829BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3830source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3831accordingly!
3832
3833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003834- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
3836 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3837 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3838 environment.
3839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003840 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3841 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003843 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3845 can just be read and written to, without any special
3846 provision.
3847
3848BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3849in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003850console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851U-Boot will hang.
3852
3853Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3854environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3855keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3856to save the current settings.
3857
3858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003859- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003860
3861 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3862 device and a driver for it.
3863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003864 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3865 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866
3867 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3868 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003870 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3872 The default address is zero.
3873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003874 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3876 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3877 would require six bits.
3878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003879 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003881 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003883 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3885 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003888 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3889 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3890 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3891 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3892 byte chips.
3893
3894 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3895 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3896 in the chip address.
3897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003898 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3900
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003901 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3902 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3903 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3904
3905 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3906 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3907 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3908 EEPROM. For example:
3909
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003910 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003911
3912 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3913 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003915- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003916
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003917 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003918 want to use for the environment.
3919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003920 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3921 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3922 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003923
3924 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3925 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3926 at the specified address.
3927
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003928- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3929
3930 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3931 want to use for the local device's environment.
3932
3933 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3934 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3935
3936 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3937 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3938 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003939 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003940
3941BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3942"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003943environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3944but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003946- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003947
3948 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3949 for the environment.
3950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003951 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3952 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003953
3954 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003955 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3956 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003957
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003958 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003960 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003961 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3962 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003963 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003964 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003965
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003966 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3967
3968 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3969 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3970 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3971 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3972 the range to be avoided.
3973
3974 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3975
3976 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3977 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3978 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3979 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3980 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003981
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003982- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3983
3984 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3985 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3986 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3987
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003988- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3989
3990 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3991 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3992 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3993
3994 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3995
3996 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3997
3998 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3999
4000 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4001 environment in.
4002
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004003 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4004
4005 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4006 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4007 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4008
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004009 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4010 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4011
4012 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4013 when storing the env in UBI.
4014
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004015- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4016
4017 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4018 environment.
4019
4020 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4021
4022 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4023
4024 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4025
4026 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4027 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4028 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4029
4030 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4031 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4032
4033 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4034 area within the specified MMC device.
4035
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004036 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4037 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4038 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4039 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4040 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4041 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4042 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4043
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004044 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4045 MMC sector boundary.
4046
4047 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4048
4049 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4050 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4051 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4052 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4053
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004054 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4055 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4056
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004057 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4058 an MMC sector boundary.
4059
4060 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4061
4062 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4063 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4064 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004066- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
4068 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4069 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4070 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4071 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4072 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4073 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4074 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4075
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004076Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004078created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079until then to read environment variables.
4080
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004081The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4082is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4083with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4084necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4085"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4086have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
4088Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4089the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004090use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004092- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004093 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004095 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004096 also needs to be defined.
4097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004098- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004099 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004101- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4102 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4103 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4104 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4105 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4106 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4107
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004108- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4109 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4110 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4111 to do this.
4112
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004113- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4114 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4115 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4116 present.
4117
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004118Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004119---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004121- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004122 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4123
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004124- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004126
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004127 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4128 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4129 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004131- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4132 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4133 PowerPC SOCs.
4134
4135- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4136 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4137 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4138
4139 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4140 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4141
4142- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4143 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4144 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004145 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004146 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4147 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4148 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4149
4150 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4151 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4152
4153- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004154 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4155 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004156 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4157 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4158
4159- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4160 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4161 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4162 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4163
4164- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4165 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4166 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4167
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004168- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004170
4171 the default drive number (default value 0)
4172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004173 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004174
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004175 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004176 (default value 1)
4177
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004178 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004179
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004180 defines the offset of register from address. It
4181 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004182 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4185 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004186 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004188 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004189 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4190 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4191 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4192 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004193
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004194- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4195 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4196 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4197 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4198 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4199 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4200 is requierd.
4201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004202- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004203 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004204 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004206- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004208 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004209 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4210 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4211 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4212 will become available only after programming the
4213 memory controller and running certain initialization
4214 sequences.
4215
4216 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4217 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4218 - MPC824X: data cache
4219 - PPC4xx: data cache
4220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004221- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
4223 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004224 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4225 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004227 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004228 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4229 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4230 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
4232 Note:
4233 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4234 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004235 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004236 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4237 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004239- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004241- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004243- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004245- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004247- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004249- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252 SDRAM timing
4253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004254- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255 periodic timer for refresh
4256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004257- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004259- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4260 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4261 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4262 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4264
4265- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004266 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4267 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004270- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4271 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004272 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4273 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004275- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4277 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004279- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004280 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4281 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004283- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4285 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4289 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4290 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004292- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004293 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4294 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4295 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4296 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004298- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4299 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4300 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4301 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4302 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4303 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4304 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4305 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004306 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004307
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004308- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4309 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4310 required.
4311
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004312- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4313 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4314 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4315 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4316 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4317 by coreboot or similar.
4318
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004319- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4320 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4321
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004322- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4323 Chip has SRIO or not
4324
4325- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4326 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4327
4328- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4329 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4330
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004331- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4332 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4333
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004334- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4335 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4336
4337- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4338 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4339
4340- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4341 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4342
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004343- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4344 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4345 a 16 bit bus.
4346 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004347 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004348 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004349 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004350
4351- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4352 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4353 a default value will be used.
4354
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004355- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004356 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4357 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4358
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004359 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4360 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004362- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004363 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4364 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4365 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004366
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004367- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4368 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4369 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4370 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4371 header files or board specific files.
4372
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004373- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4374 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4375
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004376- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004377 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4378 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004379
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004380- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4381 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4382
4383- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4384 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004385 to the given FEC; i. e.
4386 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004387 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4388
4389 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4390
4391- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4392 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4393 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4394
4395- CONFIG_RMII
4396 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4397 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4398 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4399
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004400- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4401 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4402 The syntax is:
4403
4404 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4405
4406 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4407 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4408 area should have.
4409
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004410- CONFIG_LOOPW
4411 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004412 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004413
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004414- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4415 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4416 "md/mw" commands.
4417 Examples:
4418
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004419 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004420 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4421
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004422 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004423 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4424
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004425 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004426 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004427
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004428- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004429 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004430 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4431 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4432 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004433
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004434 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4435 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4436 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4437 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004438
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004439- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004440 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4441 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4442 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004443
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004444- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4445 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4446 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4447 It is loaded by the SPL.
4448
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004449- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4450 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4451 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4452 previous 4k of the .text section.
4453
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004454- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4455 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4456 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4457 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4458 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4459 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4460 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4461 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4462
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004463- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4464 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4465 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4466 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4467 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4468
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004469- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4470 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4471 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004472
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004473- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4474 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4475
4476 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004477
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004478- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4479 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4480
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004481Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4482-----------------------------------
4483
4484The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4485loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4486This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4487are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4488within that device.
4489
4490- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4491 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4492 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4493 is also specified.
4494
4495- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4496 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4497 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4498 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4499 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4500
4501- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4502 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4503 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4504 virtual address in NOR flash.
4505
4506- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4507 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4508 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4509
4510- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4511 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4512 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4513
4514- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4515 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4516 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4517
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004518- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4519 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4520 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004521 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4522 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4523 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525Building the Software:
4526======================
4527
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004528Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4529and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4530all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4531(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4532recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4533which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004535If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4536have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4537you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4538Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4539necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004541 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4542 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004544Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4545 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4546 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4547 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4548
4549 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4550
4551 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4552 be executed on computers running Windows.
4553
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004554U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4555sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556is done by typing:
4557
4558 make NAME_config
4559
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004560where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004561rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4564 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4565 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4566 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004567 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569 make TQM823L_config
4570 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4573 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4579images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4582- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4583- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004585By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4586in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4587this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4588
45891. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4590
4591 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4592 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4593 make O=/tmp/build all
4594
45952. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4596
4597 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4598 make distclean
4599 make NAME_config
4600 make all
4601
4602Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4603variable.
4604
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4607for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4608native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4612to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4613steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046151. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004616 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4617 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046182. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4619 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4620 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46213. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4622 your board
46233. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4624 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46254. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46265. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4627 to be installed on your target system.
46286. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4629 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4633==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004635If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4636or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4638the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004639official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004641But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4642cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4644just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004645for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4646select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4647environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4648you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004656When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4657U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4658setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4659built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4660<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4661location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4662variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004663
4664 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4665 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4666 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4667
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004668With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4669log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4670during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004671
4672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676Monitor Commands - Overview:
4677============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679go - start application at address 'addr'
4680run - run commands in an environment variable
4681bootm - boot application image from memory
4682bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004683bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004684tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4685 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4686 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004687tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4689diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4690loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4691loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4692md - memory display
4693mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4694nm - memory modify (constant address)
4695mw - memory write (fill)
4696cp - memory copy
4697cmp - memory compare
4698crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004699i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700sspi - SPI utility commands
4701base - print or set address offset
4702printenv- print environment variables
4703setenv - set environment variables
4704saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4705protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4706erase - erase FLASH memory
4707flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004708nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4710iminfo - print header information for application image
4711coninfo - print console devices and informations
4712ide - IDE sub-system
4713loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004714loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715mtest - simple RAM test
4716icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4717dcache - enable or disable data cache
4718reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4719echo - echo args to console
4720version - print monitor version
4721help - print online help
4722? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4726========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
4732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733Environment Variables:
4734======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4737can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4740"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4741without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4742environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4743working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4744environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004746Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4747
4748List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004760 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4761 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4762 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4763 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4764 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4765 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004766 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4767 bootm_mapsize.
4768
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004769 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004770 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4771 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4772 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4773 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4774 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4775 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004776
4777 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4778 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4779 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4780 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4781 environment variable.
4782
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004783 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4784 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4785 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4788 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4789 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4790 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4793 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4794 be automatically started (by internally calling
4795 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4798 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4799 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4800 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4801 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004803 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4804 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004805 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4806 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4807 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4808 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4809 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4810 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4811 access it during the boot procedure.
4812
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004813 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4814 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4815 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4816 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4817 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4818 must be accessible by the kernel.
4819
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004820 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4821 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4822 defined.
4823
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004824 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4825 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4826 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4827 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4828 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4831 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4832 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4833 is usually what you want since it allows for
4834 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4835 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004836 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4838 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4839 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4840 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4843 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4844 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4845 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4846 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4847 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004849 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4852 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4853 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4854 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4855 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4856 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4857 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4862 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004874 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004876 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4877 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004879 => setenv ethact FEC
4880 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4881 => setenv ethact SCC
4882 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004883
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004884 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4885 available network interfaces.
4886 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4887
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004888 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4890 When set to "once" the network operation will
4891 fail when all the available network interfaces
4892 are tried once without success.
4893 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4894 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004896 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004897
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004898 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4899 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4900 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4901 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4902 is silent.
4903
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004904 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004905 UDP source port.
4906
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004907 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4908 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4909
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004910 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4911 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4912
4913 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4914 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4915 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4916 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4917 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4918 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4919 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4920
4921 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004922 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004924
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004925The following image location variables contain the location of images
4926used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4927not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4928variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4929server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4930loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4931flash or offset in NAND flash.
4932
4933*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4934boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4935boards use these variables for other purposes.
4936
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004937Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4938----- --------- ----------- --------------
4939u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4940Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4941device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4942ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4945updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4946depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948 bootfile - see above
4949 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4950 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4951 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4952 hostname - Target hostname
4953 ipaddr - see above
4954 netmask - Subnet Mask
4955 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4956 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004957
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4962 as type string and/or serial number
4963 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4966the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4967once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
4969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4973 with the "version" command. This variable is
4974 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004975
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4978only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004980
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004981Callback functions for environment variables:
4982---------------------------------------------
4983
4984For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4985when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4986be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4987deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4988effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4989
4990The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4991U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4992
4993These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4994static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4995in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4996associations. The list must be in the following format:
4997
4998 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4999 list = entry[,list]
5000
5001If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5002Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5003
5004Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5005with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5006override any association in the static list. You can define
5007CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5008".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5009
5010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011Command Line Parsing:
5012=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5015the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017Old, simple command line parser:
5018--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5021- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005022- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5024 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005025 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5027 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029Hush shell:
5030-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5033 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5034 until...do...done, ...
5035- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5036 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5037 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5038 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040General rules:
5041--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5044 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5045 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5046 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005049 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5051 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5054=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005055
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005056Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5058"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5061MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5062"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5065in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5066ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5067variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5070 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5073 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5074 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5077 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5080 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5081 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5084 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005086If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005087will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005088may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5089The naming convention is as follows:
5090"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092Image Formats:
5093==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005095U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5096images in two formats:
5097
5098New uImage format (FIT)
5099-----------------------
5100
5101Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5102to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5103components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5104SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5105
5106
5107Old uImage format
5108-----------------
5109
5110Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5111preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5112details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5115 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005116 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5117 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5118 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005119* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005120 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5121 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5123* Load Address
5124* Entry Point
5125* Image Name
5126* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5129and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5130CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133Linux Support:
5134==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5137easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5138U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5141special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5142"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5143instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5144serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5147 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5148 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5151 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5154 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5155 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5156 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5157 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5158 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161Linux HOWTO:
5162============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5165---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5168configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5169(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5170Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005172But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5175include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005176Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5177and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005178as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005179
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005181Configuring the Linux kernel:
5182-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5185device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188Building a Linux Image:
5189-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5192not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5193"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5194U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5195which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5196100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200 make TQM850L_config
5201 make oldconfig
5202 make dep
5203 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5206encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5207CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5214 -R .note -R .comment \
5215 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5224 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5225 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005226
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005227
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5229with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5230combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5231byte header containing information about target architecture,
5232operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5233stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5236print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5239contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5240checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242 tools/mkimage -l image
5243 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5246from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005248 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5249 -n name -d data_file image
5250 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5251 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5252 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5253 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5254 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5255 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5256 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5257 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005258
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005259Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5260address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5261kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5264- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5269 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005270 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5272 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5273 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5274 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5275 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5276 Load Address: 0x00000000
5277 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5282 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5283 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5284 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5285 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5286 Load Address: 0x00000000
5287 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5290speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5291needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5292need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005294 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5296 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005297 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5299 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5300 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5301 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5302 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5303 Load Address: 0x00000000
5304 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005305
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5308when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005310 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5311 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5312 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5313 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5314 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5315 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5316 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5317 Load Address: 0x00000000
5318 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005319
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005320The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5321option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5322option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5323from the image:
5324
5325 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5326 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5327 indexed by 'position'
5328
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330Installing a Linux Image:
5331-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5334you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5339image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5340address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5341specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5342command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5345TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005349 .......... done
5350 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352 => loads 40100000
5353 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5354 ~>examples/image.srec
5355 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5356 ...
5357 15989 15990 15991 15992
5358 [file transfer complete]
5359 [connected]
5360 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
5362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005364this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005365corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5370 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5371 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5372 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5373 Load Address: 00000000
5374 Entry Point: 0000000c
5375 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
5377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005378Boot Linux:
5379-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5382memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5383of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5384parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5385"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
5387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 => printenv bootargs
5389 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393 => printenv bootargs
5394 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 => bootm 40020000
5397 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5398 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5399 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5400 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5401 Load Address: 00000000
5402 Entry Point: 0000000c
5403 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5404 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5405 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5406 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5407 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5408 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5409 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5410 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005412If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5414format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5419 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5420 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5421 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5422 Load Address: 00000000
5423 Entry Point: 0000000c
5424 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5427 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5428 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5429 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5430 Load Address: 00000000
5431 Entry Point: 00000000
5432 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5435 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5436 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5437 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5438 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5439 Load Address: 00000000
5440 Entry Point: 0000000c
5441 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5442 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5443 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5444 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5445 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5446 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5447 Load Address: 00000000
5448 Entry Point: 00000000
5449 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5450 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5451 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5452 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5453 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5454 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5455 ...
5456 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5457 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005461Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5462-----------
5463
5464First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5465titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5466following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5467flat device tree:
5468
5469=> print oftaddr
5470oftaddr=0x300000
5471=> print oft
5472oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5473=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5474Speed: 1000, full duplex
5475Using TSEC0 device
5476TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5477Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5478Load address: 0x300000
5479Loading: #
5480done
5481Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5482=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5483Speed: 1000, full duplex
5484Using TSEC0 device
5485TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5486Filename 'uImage'.
5487Load address: 0x200000
5488Loading:############
5489done
5490Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5491=> print loadaddr
5492loadaddr=200000
5493=> print oftaddr
5494oftaddr=0x300000
5495=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5496## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005497 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5498 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5499 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005500 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005501 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005502 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5503 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5504Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5505Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5506Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5507[snip]
5508
5509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510More About U-Boot Image Types:
5511------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5516 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5517 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5518 the Standalone Program.
5519 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5520 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5521 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5522 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5523 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5524 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5525 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5526 being started.
5527 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5528 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5529 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5530 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5531 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5532 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5535 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5536 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5537 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5538 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5539 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5542 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5543 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5546 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5547 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5548 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005549
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005550Booting the Linux zImage:
5551-------------------------
5552
5553On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5554using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5555as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5556
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005557Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005558kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5559address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5560format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5561
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563Standalone HOWTO:
5564=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5567run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5568U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572"Hello World" Demo:
5573-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005575'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5576application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5577It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5578like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580 => loads
5581 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5582 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5583 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5584 [file transfer complete]
5585 [connected]
5586 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5589 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5590 Hello World
5591 argc = 7
5592 argv[0] = "40004"
5593 argv[1] = "Hello"
5594 argv[2] = "World!"
5595 argv[3] = "This"
5596 argv[4] = "is"
5597 argv[5] = "a"
5598 argv[6] = "test."
5599 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5600 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5605handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5606Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5607The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5608character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5609controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5612 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5613 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5614 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616 => loads
5617 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5618 ~>examples/timer.srec
5619 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5620 [file transfer complete]
5621 [connected]
5622 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624 => go 40004
5625 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5626 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5627 Using timer 1
5628 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630Hit 'b':
5631 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5632 Enabling timer
5633Hit '?':
5634 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5635 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5636Hit '?':
5637 [q, b, e, ?] .
5638 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5639Hit '?':
5640 [q, b, e, ?] .
5641 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5642Hit '?':
5643 [q, b, e, ?] .
5644 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5645Hit 'e':
5646 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5647Hit 'q':
5648 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005649
5650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651Minicom warning:
5652================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5655"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5656consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5657Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5658especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005659use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5660http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5661for help with kermit.
5662
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5665configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5668 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5669 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005670
5671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672NetBSD Notes:
5673=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5676(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5679NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5680need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5681Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5682attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5683missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5686 # mkdir powerpc
5687 # ln -s powerpc machine
5688 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5689 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005691Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5692and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5695stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5696proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5697tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005698meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
5700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701Implementation Internals:
5702=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5705implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5706inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5707hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
5709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710Initial Stack, Global Data:
5711---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5714starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5715system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5716This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5717is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5718at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5719options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5720models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5721MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5722locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005724 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005725 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5728 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5729 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5730 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5733 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5734 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5735 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5736 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005737 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5739 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5742 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005743 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5745 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5746 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5747 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005749 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005750 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5751 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005752 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5754 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5755 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5756 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5757 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759 -Chris Hallinan
5760 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5763code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5766 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005768* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5770 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5773 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5776normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5777turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5778simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5779functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5780functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5781the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5782place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5783reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5786relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5787GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5790 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005791 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5793 R5-R10: parameter passing
5794 R13: small data area pointer
5795 R30: GOT pointer
5796 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005798 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5799 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5800 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005801
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005802 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005804 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5805 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5806 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5807 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5808 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5809 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005810
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005811On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005812 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5813
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005814 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818 R0: function argument word/integer result
5819 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005820 R9: platform specific
5821 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5823 R12: temporary workspace
5824 R13: stack pointer
5825 R14: link register
5826 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005827
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005828 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5829
5830 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005831
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005832On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5833 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5834
5835 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5836
5837 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5838 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5839
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005840On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5841
5842 R0-R1: argument/return
5843 R2-R5: argument
5844 R15: temporary register for assembler
5845 R16: trampoline register
5846 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5847 R29: global pointer (GP)
5848 R30: link register (LP)
5849 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5850 PC: program counter (PC)
5851
5852 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5853
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005854NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5855or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857Memory Management:
5858------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5861MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5864controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5865memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5866physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5869TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5870booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5871to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005872memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5874Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5877of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005879So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5880this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005882 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5883 :
5884 0x0000 1FFF
5885 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5886 :
5887 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889 :
5890 :
5891 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5892 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5893 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5894 :
5895 0x00FD FFFF
5896 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5897 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5898 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5899 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
5901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902System Initialization:
5903----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005905In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005906(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5908To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5909To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5910initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5911which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5912part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5913the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5916preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5917(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5918on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5919programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5920simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5921banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5924different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5925bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59260x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5927contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5930and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5931Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5932pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5935until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5936running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5937new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
5939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940U-Boot Porting Guide:
5941----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5944list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005945
5946
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005947int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948{
5949 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005951 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5952 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005954 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005955 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005956 return 0;
5957 }
5958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005959 Download latest U-Boot source;
5960
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005961 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005963 if (clueless)
5964 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005966 while (learning) {
5967 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005968 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5969 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005970 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005971 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005974 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5975 Buy a BDI3000;
5976 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005977 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005978
5979 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5980 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5981 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5982 } else {
5983 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5984 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005985 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005986 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5987 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005988
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005989 while (!accepted) {
5990 while (!running) {
5991 do {
5992 Add / modify source code;
5993 } until (compiles);
5994 Debug;
5995 if (clueless)
5996 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5997 }
5998 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5999 if (reasonable critiques)
6000 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6001 else
6002 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006003 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006005 return 0;
6006}
6007
6008void no_more_time (int sig)
6009{
6010 hire_a_guru();
6011}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006012
6013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006014Coding Standards:
6015-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006018coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006019"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006021Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6022MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6023reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6024sources.
6025
6026Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6027Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6028in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006029
6030Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6031- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006032- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006033- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006034- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6036
6037Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6038with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006039
6040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006041Submitting Patches:
6042-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006044Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6045establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6046may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006047
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006048Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006049
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006050Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6051see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006053When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6054it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6057 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6058 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006060* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6061 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006063* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6064
6065* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6066
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006067* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6068 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006069
6070* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6071 document these in the README file.
6072
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006073* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6074 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006075 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006076 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6077 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006078
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006079 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6080 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6081 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006083 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6084 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6085 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6086 affected files).
6087
6088 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6089 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006090
6091* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6092 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6093
6094* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6095 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6096
6097
6098Notes:
6099
6100* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6101 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6102 for any of the boards.
6103
6104* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6105 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6106 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6107
6108* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6109 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6110 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6111 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6112 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6113 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006114
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006115* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6116 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6117 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6118 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.